Minki/linux
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://github.com/torvalds/linux.git synced 2024-11-13 15:41:39 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
0abfd494de
linux/net/dsa/slave.c

1446 lines
34 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/*
* net/dsa/slave.c - Slave device handling
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:52:09 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Marvell Semiconductor
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*/
#include <linux/list.h>
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
#include <linux/phy.h>
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix those by including the correct header files. Fixes: ec9436baedb6 ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment") Fixes: ce31b31c68e7 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-17 23:02:13 +00:00
#include <linux/phy_fixed.h>
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
#include <linux/of_net.h>
#include <linux/of_mdio.h>
phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus. Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure, provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO bus, and performing lookups. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:18 +00:00
#include <linux/mdio.h>
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
#include <linux/list.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
#include <net/pkt_cls.h>
#include <net/tc_act/tc_mirred.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
net: dsa: include dsa.h only once The public include/net/dsa.h file is meant for DSA drivers, while all DSA core files share a common private header net/dsa/dsa_priv.h file. Ensure that dsa_priv.h is the only DSA core file to include net/dsa.h, and add a new line to separate absolute and relative headers at the same time. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-17 19:46:03 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
#include "dsa_priv.h"
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
static bool dsa_slave_dev_check(struct net_device *dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* slave mii_bus handling ***************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_phy_read(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
return ds->ops->phy_read(ds, addr, reg);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0xffff;
}
static int dsa_slave_phy_write(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg, u16 val)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
return ds->ops->phy_write(ds, addr, reg, val);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
void dsa_slave_mii_bus_init(struct dsa_switch *ds)
{
ds->slave_mii_bus->priv = (void *)ds;
ds->slave_mii_bus->name = "dsa slave smi";
ds->slave_mii_bus->read = dsa_slave_phy_read;
ds->slave_mii_bus->write = dsa_slave_phy_write;
net: dsa: Provide unique DSA slave MII bus names In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 23:32:38 +00:00
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "dsa-%d.%d",
ds->dst->tree, ds->index);
dsa: Remove master_dev from switch structure The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info() messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 21:27:23 +00:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->parent = ds->dev;
net: dsa: set slave MII bus PHY mask When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch PHYs mask. As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names: static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = { [...] .port_names[0] = "sw0", .port_names[1] = "sw1", .port_names[2] = "sw2", .port_names[3] = "sw3", .port_names[4] = "sw4", .port_names[5] = "cpu", }; DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will be successfully created. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-21 00:13:32 +00:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_mask = ~ds->phys_mii_mask;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
/* slave device handling ****************************************************/
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 15:07:08 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:49:49 +00:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
return dsa_master_netdev(p)->ifindex;
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:49:49 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: remove dsa_port_is_bridged The helper is only used once and makes the code more complicated that it should. Remove it and reorganize the variables so that it fits on 80 columns. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-26 22:12:42 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = p->dp;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_master_netdev(p);
net: dsa: remove dsa_port_is_bridged The helper is only used once and makes the code more complicated that it should. Remove it and reorganize the variables so that it fits on 80 columns. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-26 22:12:42 +00:00
u8 stp_state = dp->bridge_dev ? BR_STATE_BLOCKING : BR_STATE_FORWARDING;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
int err;
if (!(master->flags & IFF_UP))
return -ENETDOWN;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto out;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
err = dev_set_allmulti(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto del_unicast;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
err = dev_set_promiscuity(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->port_enable) {
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
err = ds->ops->port_enable(ds, p->dp->index, p->phy);
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:18 +00:00
if (err)
goto clear_promisc;
}
net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase. This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device handling. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:36 +00:00
dsa_port_set_state_now(p->dp, stp_state);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state machine accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:17 +00:00
if (p->phy)
phy_start(p->phy);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:18 +00:00
clear_promisc:
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dsa: fix promiscuity leak on slave dev open error DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly decremented on slave device open error path. Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com> CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com> CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-25 13:50:13 +00:00
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
clear_allmulti:
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
del_unicast:
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
out:
return err;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_master_netdev(p);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state machine accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:17 +00:00
if (p->phy)
phy_stop(p->phy);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
dev_mc_unsync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_unsync(master, dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->port_disable)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->port_disable(ds, p->dp->index, p->phy);
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:18 +00:00
net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase. This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device handling. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:36 +00:00
dsa_port_set_state_now(p->dp, BR_STATE_DISABLED);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_master_netdev(p);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
}
static void dsa_slave_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_master_netdev(p);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
dev_mc_sync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_sync(master, dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *a)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_master_netdev(p);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
struct sockaddr *addr = a;
int err;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
goto out;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(addr->sa_data, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, addr->sa_data);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
out:
dsa: Use ether_addr_copy Use ether_addr_copy instead of memcpy(a, b, ETH_ALEN) to save some cycles on arm and powerpc. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-01-20 17:52:20 +00:00
ether_addr_copy(dev->dev_addr, addr->sa_data);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx {
struct net_device *dev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
struct netlink_callback *cb;
int idx;
};
static int
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump(const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
bool is_static, void *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx *dump = data;
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(dump->cb->skb).portid;
u32 seq = dump->cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct ndmsg *ndm;
if (dump->idx < dump->cb->args[2])
goto skip;
nlh = nlmsg_put(dump->skb, portid, seq, RTM_NEWNEIGH,
sizeof(*ndm), NLM_F_MULTI);
if (!nlh)
return -EMSGSIZE;
ndm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
ndm->ndm_family = AF_BRIDGE;
ndm->ndm_pad1 = 0;
ndm->ndm_pad2 = 0;
ndm->ndm_flags = NTF_SELF;
ndm->ndm_type = 0;
ndm->ndm_ifindex = dump->dev->ifindex;
ndm->ndm_state = is_static ? NUD_NOARP : NUD_REACHABLE;
if (nla_put(dump->skb, NDA_LLADDR, ETH_ALEN, addr))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (vid && nla_put_u16(dump->skb, NDA_VLAN, vid))
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(dump->skb, nlh);
skip:
dump->idx++;
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(dump->skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int
dsa_slave_fdb_dump(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb,
struct net_device *dev, struct net_device *filter_dev,
int *idx)
{
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx dump = {
.dev = dev,
.skb = skb,
.cb = cb,
.idx = *idx,
};
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = p->dp;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
int err;
if (!ds->ops->port_fdb_dump)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = ds->ops->port_fdb_dump(ds, dp->index,
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump,
&dump);
*idx = dump.idx;
return err;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_ioctl(struct net_device *dev, struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL)
net: preserve ifreq parameter when calling generic phy_mii_ioctl(). The phy_mii_ioctl() function unnecessarily throws away the original ifreq. We need access to the ifreq in order to support PHYs that can perform hardware time stamping. Two maverick drivers filter the ioctl commands passed to phy_mii_ioctl(). This is unnecessary since phylib will check the command in any case. Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-07-17 08:48:55 +00:00
return phy_mii_ioctl(p->phy, ifr, cmd);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_set(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: make struct switchdev_attr parameter const for attr_set calls Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-14 17:40:49 +00:00
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 08:02:41 +00:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
{
net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase. This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device handling. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:36 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = p->dp;
net: dsa: fix preparation of a port STP update Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state, which triggers a WARN() from switchdev. This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging. Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 16:38:36 +00:00
int ret;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
switch (attr->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_* To be aligned with obj. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:42 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE:
net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase. This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device handling. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:36 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_set_state(dp, attr->u.stp_state, trans);
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 18:16:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN filtering setter Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN filtering attribute setter from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:42 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_vlan_filtering(dp, attr->u.vlan_filtering,
trans);
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 18:16:00 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 00:45:38 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME:
net: dsa: change scope of ageing time setter Change the scope of the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute setter from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Also ds->ports is now a contiguous array of dsa_port structures, thus their addresses cannot be NULL. Remove the useless check in dsa_fastest_ageing_time. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:43 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_ageing_time(dp, attr->u.ageing_time, trans);
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 00:45:38 +00:00
break;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
default:
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return ret;
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_add(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:45 +00:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 08:02:41 +00:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
{
net: dsa: change scope of FDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev FDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:39 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = p->dp;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
int err;
/* For the prepare phase, ensure the full set of changes is feasable in
* one go in order to signal a failure properly. If an operation is not
* supported, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
*/
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:46 +00:00
switch (obj->id) {
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:40 +00:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj), trans);
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:41 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN handlers Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:41 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj),
trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:52:17 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_del(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:45 +00:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
{
net: dsa: change scope of FDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev FDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:39 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = p->dp;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
int err;
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:46 +00:00
switch (obj->id) {
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:40 +00:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:41 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN handlers Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:41 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj));
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:52:17 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:49 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_get(struct net_device *dev,
struct switchdev_attr *attr)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:49 +00:00
switch (attr->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_* To be aligned with obj. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:42 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID:
switchdev: don't use anonymous union on switchdev attr/obj structs Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj structs. Fix this by using named union on structs. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 18:16:50 +00:00
attr->u.ppid.id_len = sizeof(ds->index);
memcpy(&attr->u.ppid.id, &ds->index, attr->u.ppid.id_len);
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:49 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: Add support for querying supported bridge flags The DSA drivers do not support bridge flags offload. Yet, this attribute should be added in order for the bridge to fail when one tries set a flag on the port, as explained in commit dc0ecabd6231 ("net: switchdev: Add support for querying supported bridge flags by hardware"). Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:44 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT:
attr->u.brport_flags_support = 0;
break;
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:49 +00:00
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
static inline netdev_tx_t dsa_netpoll_send_skb(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
if (p->netpoll)
netpoll_send_skb(p->netpoll, skb);
#else
BUG();
#endif
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
static netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
struct sk_buff *nskb;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
s = this_cpu_ptr(p->stats64);
u64_stats_update_begin(&s->syncp);
s->tx_packets++;
s->tx_bytes += skb->len;
u64_stats_update_end(&s->syncp);
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
/* Transmit function may have to reallocate the original SKB,
* in which case it must have freed it. Only free it here on error.
*/
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
nskb = p->xmit(skb, dev);
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
if (!nskb) {
kfree_skb(skb);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:52 +00:00
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
/* SKB for netpoll still need to be mangled with the protocol-specific
* tag to be successfully transmitted
*/
if (unlikely(netpoll_tx_running(dev)))
return dsa_netpoll_send_skb(p, nskb);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
/* Queue the SKB for transmission on the parent interface, but
* do not modify its EtherType
*/
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
nskb->dev = dsa_master_netdev(p);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
dev_queue_xmit(nskb);
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:52 +00:00
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* ethtool operations *******************************************************/
static int
net: dsa: slave: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated. We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 15:00:53 +00:00
dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: phy: Make phy_ethtool_ksettings_get return void Make return value void since function never return meaningfull value Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com> Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 07:09:46 +00:00
if (!p->phy)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
net: phy: Make phy_ethtool_ksettings_get return void Make return value void since function never return meaningfull value Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com> Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 07:09:46 +00:00
phy_ethtool_ksettings_get(p->phy, cmd);
return 0;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int
net: dsa: slave: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated. We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 15:00:53 +00:00
dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL)
net: dsa: slave: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated. We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 15:00:53 +00:00
return phy_ethtool_ksettings_set(p->phy, cmd);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void dsa_slave_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_drvinfo *drvinfo)
{
ethtool: fix drvinfo strings set in drivers Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated. Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN and custom defines. Use snprintf instead of sprint. Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-06 00:44:26 +00:00
strlcpy(drvinfo->driver, "dsa", sizeof(drvinfo->driver));
strlcpy(drvinfo->fw_version, "N/A", sizeof(drvinfo->fw_version));
strlcpy(drvinfo->bus_info, "platform", sizeof(drvinfo->bus_info));
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_regs_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_regs_len)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
return ds->ops->get_regs_len(ds, p->dp->index);
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void
dsa_slave_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_regs *regs, void *_p)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_regs)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->get_regs(ds, p->dp->index, regs, _p);
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL)
return genphy_restart_aneg(p->phy);
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static u32 dsa_slave_get_link(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
if (p->phy != NULL) {
genphy_update_link(p->phy);
return p->phy->link;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: slave: chip data is optional, don't dereference NULL The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd. When retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume there is a cd attached to the switch structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 19:16:52 +00:00
if (ds->cd && ds->cd->eeprom_len)
dsa: Rename switch chip data to cd The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd. However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data. This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c and slave.c for this data type. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 21:27:24 +00:00
return ds->cd->eeprom_len;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom_len)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom_len(ds);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static int dsa_slave_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->set_eeprom)
return ds->ops->set_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
strncpy(data, "tx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + len, "tx_bytes", len);
strncpy(data + 2 * len, "rx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + 3 * len, "rx_bytes", len);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_strings)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->get_strings(ds, p->dp->index, data + 4 * len);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
}
static void dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
uint64_t *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
unsigned int start;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
int i;
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
s = per_cpu_ptr(p->stats64, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
tx_packets = s->tx_packets;
tx_bytes = s->tx_bytes;
rx_packets = s->rx_packets;
rx_bytes = s->rx_bytes;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
data[0] += tx_packets;
data[1] += tx_bytes;
data[2] += rx_packets;
data[3] += rx_bytes;
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats(ds, p->dp->index, data + 4);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int count;
count = 4;
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_sset_count)
count += ds->ops->get_sset_count(ds);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return count;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_wol)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->get_wol(ds, p->dp->index, w);
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->set_wol)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->set_wol(ds, p->dp->index, w);
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
return ret;
}
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
if (!p->phy)
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->set_mac_eee)
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->set_mac_eee(ds, p->dp->index, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
if (ret)
return ret;
net: dsa: call phy_init_eee in DSA layer All DSA drivers are calling phy_init_eee if eee_enabled is true. Move up this statement in the DSA layer to simplify the DSA drivers. qca8k does not require to cache the ethtool_eee structures from now on. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:38 +00:00
if (e->eee_enabled) {
ret = phy_init_eee(p->phy, 0);
if (ret)
return ret;
}
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
return phy_ethtool_set_eee(p->phy, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
if (!p->phy)
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->get_mac_eee)
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->get_mac_eee(ds, p->dp->index, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
if (ret)
return ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
return phy_ethtool_get_eee(p->phy, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
static int dsa_slave_netpoll_setup(struct net_device *dev,
struct netpoll_info *ni)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:19 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_master_netdev(p);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
struct netpoll *netpoll;
int err = 0;
netpoll = kzalloc(sizeof(*netpoll), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!netpoll)
return -ENOMEM;
err = __netpoll_setup(netpoll, master);
if (err) {
kfree(netpoll);
goto out;
}
p->netpoll = netpoll;
out:
return err;
}
static void dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll = p->netpoll;
if (!netpoll)
return;
p->netpoll = NULL;
__netpoll_free_async(netpoll);
}
static void dsa_slave_poll_controller(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name(struct net_device *dev,
char *name, size_t len)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
if (snprintf(name, len, "p%d", p->dp->index) >= len)
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id() by returning the physical port number of the switch this per-port DSA created network interface corresponds to. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-29 22:20:56 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
static struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *
dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
unsigned long cookie)
{
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list)
if (mall_tc_entry->cookie == cookie)
return mall_tc_entry;
return NULL;
}
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
__be16 protocol = cls->common.protocol;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
struct dsa_slave_priv *to_p;
struct net_device *to_dev;
const struct tc_action *a;
int err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
LIST_HEAD(actions);
int ifindex;
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_add)
return err;
net: sched: change names of action number helpers to be aligned with the rest The rest of the helpers are named tcf_exts_*, so change the name of the action number helpers to be aligned. While at it, change to inline functions. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 12:28:58 +00:00
if (!tcf_exts_has_one_action(cls->exts))
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
return err;
tcf_exts_to_list(cls->exts, &actions);
a = list_first_entry(&actions, struct tc_action, list);
if (is_tcf_mirred_egress_mirror(a) && protocol == htons(ETH_P_ALL)) {
struct dsa_mall_mirror_tc_entry *mirror;
ifindex = tcf_mirred_ifindex(a);
to_dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (!to_dev)
return -EINVAL;
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(to_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return -ENOMEM;
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR;
mirror = &mall_tc_entry->mirror;
to_p = netdev_priv(to_dev);
mirror->to_local_port = to_p->dp->index;
mirror->ingress = ingress;
err = ds->ops->port_mirror_add(ds, p->dp->index, mirror,
ingress);
if (err) {
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
return err;
}
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
}
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_del)
return;
mall_tc_entry = dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(p, cls->cookie);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return;
list_del(&mall_tc_entry->list);
switch (mall_tc_entry->type) {
case DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR:
ds->ops->port_mirror_del(ds, p->dp->index,
&mall_tc_entry->mirror);
break;
default:
WARN_ON(1);
}
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
}
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
{
net: sched: use newly added classid identity helpers Instead of checking handle, which does not have the inner class information and drivers wrongly assume clsact->egress as ingress, use the newly introduced classid identification helpers. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-09 12:30:33 +00:00
bool ingress;
if (is_classid_clsact_ingress(cls->common.classid))
ingress = true;
else if (is_classid_clsact_egress(cls->common.classid))
ingress = false;
else
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
if (cls->common.chain_index)
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
switch (cls->command) {
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_REPLACE:
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
return dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(dev, cls, ingress);
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_DESTROY:
dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(dev, cls);
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc(struct net_device *dev, enum tc_setup_type type,
net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly. Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables in cls_*. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:32 +00:00
void *type_data)
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
{
net: sched: make type an argument for ndo_setup_tc Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:17 +00:00
switch (type) {
net: sched: rename TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL In order to be aligned with the rest of the types, rename TC_SETUP_MATCHALL to TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:18 +00:00
case TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL:
net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly. Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables in cls_*. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:32 +00:00
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(dev, type_data);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
default:
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
}
}
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_stats64(struct net_device *dev,
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *stats)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
unsigned int start;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
int i;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
netdev_stats_to_stats64(stats, &dev->stats);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
s = per_cpu_ptr(p->stats64, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
tx_packets = s->tx_packets;
tx_bytes = s->tx_bytes;
rx_packets = s->rx_packets;
rx_bytes = s->rx_bytes;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
stats->tx_packets += tx_packets;
stats->tx_bytes += tx_bytes;
stats->rx_packets += rx_packets;
stats->rx_bytes += rx_bytes;
}
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc, u32 *rule_locs)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->get_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->get_rxnfc(ds, p->dp->index, nfc, rule_locs);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->set_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->set_rxnfc(ds, p->dp->index, nfc);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static const struct ethtool_ops dsa_slave_ethtool_ops = {
.get_drvinfo = dsa_slave_get_drvinfo,
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
.get_regs_len = dsa_slave_get_regs_len,
.get_regs = dsa_slave_get_regs,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
.nway_reset = dsa_slave_nway_reset,
.get_link = dsa_slave_get_link,
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
.get_eeprom_len = dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len,
.get_eeprom = dsa_slave_get_eeprom,
.set_eeprom = dsa_slave_set_eeprom,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
.get_strings = dsa_slave_get_strings,
.get_ethtool_stats = dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats,
.get_sset_count = dsa_slave_get_sset_count,
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
.set_wol = dsa_slave_set_wol,
.get_wol = dsa_slave_get_wol,
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
.set_eee = dsa_slave_set_eee,
.get_eee = dsa_slave_get_eee,
net: dsa: slave: use new api ethtool_{get|set}_link_ksettings The ethtool api {get|set}_settings is deprecated. We move this driver to new api {get|set}_link_ksettings. Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-09 15:00:53 +00:00
.get_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings,
.set_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings,
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
.get_rxnfc = dsa_slave_get_rxnfc,
.set_rxnfc = dsa_slave_set_rxnfc,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
};
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
static const struct net_device_ops dsa_slave_netdev_ops = {
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_open = dsa_slave_open,
.ndo_stop = dsa_slave_close,
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
.ndo_start_xmit = dsa_slave_xmit,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_change_rx_flags = dsa_slave_change_rx_flags,
.ndo_set_rx_mode = dsa_slave_set_rx_mode,
.ndo_set_mac_address = dsa_slave_set_mac_address,
net: dsa: Move FDB add/del implementation inside DSA Currently DSA uses switchdev's implementation of FDB add/del ndos. This patch moves the implementation inside DSA in order to support the legacy way for static FDB configuration. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:43 +00:00
.ndo_fdb_add = dsa_legacy_fdb_add,
.ndo_fdb_del = dsa_legacy_fdb_del,
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
.ndo_fdb_dump = dsa_slave_fdb_dump,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_do_ioctl = dsa_slave_ioctl,
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 15:07:08 +00:00
.ndo_get_iflink = dsa_slave_get_iflink,
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
.ndo_netpoll_setup = dsa_slave_netpoll_setup,
.ndo_netpoll_cleanup = dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup,
.ndo_poll_controller = dsa_slave_poll_controller,
#endif
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
.ndo_get_phys_port_name = dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name,
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
.ndo_setup_tc = dsa_slave_setup_tc,
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
.ndo_get_stats64 = dsa_slave_get_stats64,
switchdev: use new swdev ops Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No functional changes to the implementation. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> rocker: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> dsa: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-16 04:07:15 +00:00
};
switchdev: s/swdev_/switchdev_/ Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use this prefix. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:47 +00:00
static const struct switchdev_ops dsa_slave_switchdev_ops = {
switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr. Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:49 +00:00
.switchdev_port_attr_get = dsa_slave_port_attr_get,
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
.switchdev_port_attr_set = dsa_slave_port_attr_set,
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
.switchdev_port_obj_add = dsa_slave_port_obj_add,
.switchdev_port_obj_del = dsa_slave_port_obj_del,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
};
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 01:19:58 +00:00
static struct device_type dsa_type = {
.name = "dsa",
};
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_adjust_link(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
unsigned int status_changed = 0;
if (p->old_link != p->phy->link) {
status_changed = 1;
p->old_link = p->phy->link;
}
if (p->old_duplex != p->phy->duplex) {
status_changed = 1;
p->old_duplex = p->phy->duplex;
}
if (p->old_pause != p->phy->pause) {
status_changed = 1;
p->old_pause = p->phy->pause;
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->adjust_link && status_changed)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->adjust_link(ds, p->dp->index, p->phy);
net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link notification. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:53 +00:00
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (status_changed)
phy_print_status(p->phy);
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_fixed_link_update(struct net_device *dev,
struct fixed_phy_status *status)
{
dsa: slave: Don't reference NULL pointer during phy_disconnect When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy, but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL pointer. Check for this condition. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 23:01:37 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
struct dsa_switch *ds;
if (dev) {
p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->fixed_link_update)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ds->ops->fixed_link_update(ds, p->dp->index, status);
dsa: slave: Don't reference NULL pointer during phy_disconnect When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy, but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL pointer. Check for this condition. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 23:01:37 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* slave device setup *******************************************************/
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_connect(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:13 +00:00
struct net_device *slave_dev,
int addr)
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
{
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus. Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure, provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO bus, and performing lookups. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:18 +00:00
p->phy = mdiobus_get_phy(ds->slave_mii_bus, addr);
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
if (!p->phy) {
netdev_err(slave_dev, "no phy at %d\n", addr);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
/* Use already configured phy mode */
net: dsa: Do not override PHY interface if already configured In case we need to divert reads/writes using the slave MII bus, we may have already fetched a valid PHY interface property from Device Tree, and that mode is used by the PHY driver to make configuration decisions. If we could not fetch the "phy-mode" property, we will assign p->phy_interface to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA, such that we can actually check for that condition as to whether or not we should override the interface value. Fixes: 19334920eaf7 ("net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-08 19:58:57 +00:00
if (p->phy_interface == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA)
p->phy_interface = p->phy->interface;
net: dsa: Check return value of phy_connect_direct() We need to check the return value of phy_connect_direct() in dsa_slave_phy_connect() otherwise we may be continuing the initialization of a slave network device with a PHY that already attached somewhere else and which will soon be in error because the PHY device is in error. The conditions for such an error to occur are that we have a port of our switch that is not disabled, and has the same port number as a PHY address (say both 5) that can be probed using the DSA slave MII bus. We end-up having this slave network device find a PHY at the same address as our port number, and we try to attach to it. A slave network (e.g: port 0) has already attached to our PHY device, and we try to re-attach it with a different network device, but since we ignore the error we would end-up initializating incorrect device references by the time the slave network interface is opened. The code has been (re)organized several times, making it hard to provide an exact Fixes tag, this is a bugfix nonetheless. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-21 00:05:05 +00:00
return phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
p->phy_interface);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
}
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:49:16 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_setup(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
struct device_node *phy_dn, *port_dn;
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
bool phy_is_fixed = false;
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 20:07:54 +00:00
u32 phy_flags = 0;
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-17 05:23:51 +00:00
int mode, ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
port_dn = p->dp->dn;
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-17 05:23:51 +00:00
mode = of_get_phy_mode(port_dn);
if (mode < 0)
mode = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA;
p->phy_interface = mode;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
phy_dn = of_parse_phandle(port_dn, "phy-handle", 0);
net: dsa: slave: fix of-node leak and phy priority Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup(). Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance with the common scheme for this. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:24:54 +00:00
if (!phy_dn && of_phy_is_fixed_link(port_dn)) {
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
/* In the case of a fixed PHY, the DT node associated
* to the fixed PHY is the Port DT node
*/
ret = of_phy_register_fixed_link(port_dn);
if (ret) {
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to register fixed PHY: %d\n", ret);
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:49:16 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
phy_is_fixed = true;
net: dsa: slave: fix of-node leak and phy priority Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup(). Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance with the common scheme for this. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:24:54 +00:00
phy_dn = of_node_get(port_dn);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_phy_flags)
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
phy_flags = ds->ops->get_phy_flags(ds, p->dp->index);
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 20:07:54 +00:00
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:13 +00:00
if (phy_dn) {
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
int phy_id = of_mdio_parse_addr(&slave_dev->dev, phy_dn);
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:13 +00:00
/* If this PHY address is part of phys_mii_mask, which means
* that we need to divert reads and writes to/from it, then we
* want to bind this device using the slave MII bus created by
* DSA to make that happen.
*/
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
if (!phy_is_fixed && phy_id >= 0 &&
(ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << phy_id))) {
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(p, slave_dev, phy_id);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to connect to phy%d: %d\n", phy_id, ret);
net: dsa: slave: fix of-node leak and phy priority Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup(). Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance with the common scheme for this. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:24:54 +00:00
of_node_put(phy_dn);
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:13 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:13 +00:00
} else {
p->phy = of_phy_connect(slave_dev, phy_dn,
dsa_slave_adjust_link,
phy_flags,
p->phy_interface);
}
net: dsa: slave: fix of-node leak and phy priority Make sure to drop the reference taken by of_parse_phandle() before returning from dsa_slave_phy_setup(). Note that this also modifies the PHY priority so that any fixed-link node is only parsed when no phy-handle is given, which is in accordance with the common scheme for this. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:24:54 +00:00
of_node_put(phy_dn);
net: dsa: fully divert PHY reads/writes if requested In case a PHY is found via Device Tree, and is also flagged by the switch driver as needing indirect reads/writes using the switch driver implemented MDIO bus, make sure that we bind this PHY to the slave MII bus in order for this to happen. Without this, we would succeed in having the PHY driver probe()'s function to use slave MII bus read/write functions, because this is done during dsa_slave_mii_init(), but past that point, the PHY driver would not go through these diverted reads and writes. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b88 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:13 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
if (p->phy && phy_is_fixed)
fixed_phy_set_link_update(p->phy, dsa_slave_fixed_link_update);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
/* We could not connect to a designated PHY, so use the switch internal
* MDIO bus instead
*/
net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus, we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise auto-negotiation etc, does not work. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 18:47:28 +00:00
if (!p->phy) {
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(p, slave_dev, p->dp->index);
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
if (ret) {
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to connect to port %d: %d\n",
p->dp->index, ret);
net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:25:09 +00:00
if (phy_is_fixed)
of_phy_deregister_fixed_link(port_dn);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus, we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise auto-negotiation etc, does not work. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 18:47:28 +00:00
}
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:49:16 +00:00
phy: Centralise print about attached phy Many Ethernet drivers contain the same netdev_info() print statement about the attached phy. Move it into the phy device code. Additionally add a varargs function which can be used to append additional information. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:13 +00:00
phy_attached_info(p->phy);
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:49:16 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue: Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> ============================================= [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] 4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted --------------------------------------------- kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc but task is already holding lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep class. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 23:09:56 +00:00
static struct lock_class_key dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key;
static void dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq,
void *_unused)
{
lockdep_set_class(&txq->_xmit_lock,
&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
}
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
int dsa_slave_suspend(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Bring back device detaching in dsa_slave_suspend() Commit 448b4482c671 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat") removed the netif_device_detach() call done in dsa_slave_suspend() which is necessary, and paired with a corresponding netif_device_attach(), bring it back. Fixes: 448b4482c671 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 17:10:41 +00:00
netif_device_detach(slave_dev);
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
if (p->phy) {
phy_stop(p->phy);
p->old_pause = -1;
p->old_link = -1;
p->old_duplex = -1;
phy_suspend(p->phy);
}
return 0;
}
int dsa_slave_resume(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
netif_device_attach(slave_dev);
if (p->phy) {
phy_resume(p->phy);
phy_start(p->phy);
}
return 0;
}
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
int dsa_slave_create(struct dsa_port *port, const char *name)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = port->ds;
net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes, when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.). We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about: get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus our own. We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such drivers would simply not scale. The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now: <iface> statistics p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-27 18:45:14 +00:00
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = ds->dst;
net: dsa: Add new binding implementation The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device, hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware. Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 19:17:07 +00:00
struct net_device *master;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
struct net_device *slave_dev;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load balancing) and forwarding decisions. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:21 +00:00
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load balancing) and forwarding decisions. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-13 20:27:21 +00:00
cpu_dp = ds->dst->cpu_dp;
master = cpu_dp->netdev;
net: dsa: Add new binding implementation The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device, hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware. Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 19:17:07 +00:00
net: dsa: Allow switch drivers to indicate number of TX queues Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and direct the transmission towards a particular queue. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-04 03:27:00 +00:00
if (!ds->num_tx_queues)
ds->num_tx_queues = 1;
slave_dev = alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof(struct dsa_slave_priv), name,
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, ether_setup,
ds->num_tx_queues, 1);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (slave_dev == NULL)
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return -ENOMEM;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
slave_dev->features = master->vlan_features | NETIF_F_HW_TC;
slave_dev->hw_features |= NETIF_F_HW_TC;
net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS Dave Miller mentioned he'd like to see SET_ETHTOOL_OPS gone. This does that. Mostly done via coccinelle script: @@ struct ethtool_ops *ops; struct net_device *dev; @@ - SET_ETHTOOL_OPS(dev, ops); + dev->ethtool_ops = ops; Compile tested only, but I'd seriously wonder if this broke anything. Suggested-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w-lkml@lebenslange-mailadresse.de> Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-05-11 00:12:32 +00:00
slave_dev->ethtool_ops = &dsa_slave_ethtool_ops;
net: dsa: inherit addr_assign_type along with dev_addr A device inheriting a random or set address should reflect this in its addr_assign_type. Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-30 16:08:46 +00:00
eth_hw_addr_inherit(slave_dev, master);
net: dsa: convert to using IFF_NO_QUEUE Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc> Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-18 08:30:41 +00:00
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
slave_dev->netdev_ops = &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
switchdev: s/swdev_/switchdev_/ Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use this prefix. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:47 +00:00
slave_dev->switchdev_ops = &dsa_slave_switchdev_ops;
net: remove MTU limits on a few ether_setup callers These few drivers call ether_setup(), but have no ndo_change_mtu, and thus were overlooked for changes to MTU range checking behavior. They previously had no range checks, so for feature-parity, set their min_mtu to 0 and max_mtu to ETH_MAX_MTU (65535), instead of the 68 and 1500 inherited from the ether_setup() changes. Fine-tuning can come after we get back to full feature-parity here. CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st> CC: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st> CC: R Parameswaran <parameswaran.r7@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-21 03:25:27 +00:00
slave_dev->min_mtu = 0;
slave_dev->max_mtu = ETH_MAX_MTU;
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 01:19:58 +00:00
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(slave_dev, &dsa_type);
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue: Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> ============================================= [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] 4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted --------------------------------------------- kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc but task is already holding lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep class. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 23:09:56 +00:00
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(slave_dev, dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one,
NULL);
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
SET_NETDEV_DEV(slave_dev, port->ds->dev);
slave_dev->dev.of_node = port->dn;
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 17:00:19 +00:00
slave_dev->vlan_features = master->vlan_features;
p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
p->stats64 = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_sw_netstats);
if (!p->stats64) {
free_netdev(slave_dev);
return -ENOMEM;
}
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
p->dp = port;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->mall_tc_list);
net: dsa: Refactor selection of tag ops into a function Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 19:17:03 +00:00
p->xmit = dst->tag_ops->xmit;
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
p->old_pause = -1;
p->old_link = -1;
p->old_duplex = -1;
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
port->netdev = slave_dev;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
ret = register_netdev(slave_dev);
if (ret) {
dsa: Use netdev_<level> instead of printk Neaten and standardize the logging output. Other miscellanea: o Use pr_notice_once instead of a guard flag. o Convert existing pr_<level> uses too. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-10 00:32:46 +00:00
netdev_err(master, "error %d registering interface %s\n",
ret, slave_dev->name);
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
port->netdev = NULL;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
free_percpu(p->stats64);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return ret;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:20 +00:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_setup(p, slave_dev);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(master, "error %d setting up slave phy\n", ret);
net: dsa: Unregister slave_dev in error path With commit 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy"), we are now trying to free a network device that has been previously registered, and in case of errors, this will make us hit the BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERED) condition. Fix this by adding a missing unregister_netdev() before free_netdev(). Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-18 02:43:22 +00:00
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
free_percpu(p->stats64);
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:20 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
return ret;
}
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return 0;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
void dsa_slave_destroy(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:25:09 +00:00
struct device_node *port_dn;
net: dsa: store a dsa_port in dsa_slave_priv Store a pointer to the dsa_port structure in the dsa_slave_priv structure, instead of the switch/port index. This will allow to store more information such as the bridge device, needed in DSA drivers for multi-chip configuration. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-27 20:29:39 +00:00
port_dn = p->dp->dn;
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:25:09 +00:00
if (p->phy) {
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
phy_disconnect(p->phy);
net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:25:09 +00:00
if (of_phy_is_fixed_link(port_dn))
of_phy_deregister_fixed_link(port_dn);
}
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
free_percpu(p->stats64);
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
static bool dsa_slave_dev_check(struct net_device *dev)
{
return dev->netdev_ops == &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
}
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_port *dp = p->dp;
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev)) {
if (info->linking) {
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
err = dsa_port_bridge_join(dp, info->upper_dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
} else {
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
dsa_port_bridge_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
err = NOTIFY_OK;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
}
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
return err;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_netdevice_event(struct notifier_block *nb,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
net: dsa: Utilize dsa_slave_dev_check() Instead of open coding the check. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 01:00:37 +00:00
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
if (event == NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER)
return dsa_slave_changeupper(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work {
struct work_struct work;
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info fdb_info;
struct net_device *dev;
unsigned long event;
};
static void dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work =
container_of(work, struct dsa_switchdev_event_work, work);
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_work->dev;
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *fdb_info;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
int err;
rtnl_lock();
switch (switchdev_work->event) {
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
fdb_info = &switchdev_work->fdb_info;
err = dsa_port_fdb_add(p->dp, fdb_info->addr, fdb_info->vid);
if (err) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "fdb add failed err=%d\n", err);
break;
}
call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_OFFLOADED, dev,
&fdb_info->info);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
fdb_info = &switchdev_work->fdb_info;
err = dsa_port_fdb_del(p->dp, fdb_info->addr, fdb_info->vid);
if (err) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "fdb del failed err=%d\n", err);
dev_close(dev);
}
break;
}
rtnl_unlock();
kfree(switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr);
kfree(switchdev_work);
dev_put(dev);
}
static int
dsa_slave_switchdev_fdb_work_init(struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *
switchdev_work,
const struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *
fdb_info)
{
memcpy(&switchdev_work->fdb_info, fdb_info,
sizeof(switchdev_work->fdb_info));
switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr = kzalloc(ETH_ALEN, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr)
return -ENOMEM;
ether_addr_copy((u8 *)switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr,
fdb_info->addr);
return 0;
}
/* Called under rcu_read_lock() */
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work;
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
switchdev_work = kzalloc(sizeof(*switchdev_work), GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!switchdev_work)
return NOTIFY_BAD;
INIT_WORK(&switchdev_work->work,
dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work);
switchdev_work->dev = dev;
switchdev_work->event = event;
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE: /* fall through */
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
if (dsa_slave_switchdev_fdb_work_init(switchdev_work,
ptr))
goto err_fdb_work_init;
dev_hold(dev);
break;
default:
kfree(switchdev_work);
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
dsa_schedule_work(&switchdev_work->work);
return NOTIFY_OK;
err_fdb_work_init:
kfree(switchdev_work);
return NOTIFY_BAD;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_nb __read_mostly = {
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_netdevice_event,
};
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_event,
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
};
int dsa_slave_register_notifier(void)
{
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
int err;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
return err;
err = register_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_nb;
return 0;
err_switchdev_nb:
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
return err;
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
}
void dsa_slave_unregister_notifier(void)
{
int err;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
err = unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev notifier (%d)\n", err);
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
err = unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister slave notifier (%d)\n", err);
}
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink